Document:

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 Exhibit 10.12 
 INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT 
 This Agreement made and entered into this      day of
            , (the “Agreement”), by and between Salary.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity
(as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company) and                      (the “Indemnitee”): 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the
availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for the Company to attract and retain such persons; 
 WHEREAS, the Company’s Amended and Restated By-laws (the “By-laws”) require it to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and permit it to make other indemnification arrangements and
agreements; 
 WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of Indemnitee’s rights to full
indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to or revocation of the By-laws or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its Board of Directors); 
 WHEREAS, the Company intends that this Agreement provide Indemnitee with greater protection than that which is provided by the Company’s By-laws;
and 
 WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in [becoming] [continuing as] a
[director][officer] of the Company. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the
Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows: 
 1. Definitions. 
 (a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director or officer of the Company,
(ii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection
(iii) of this Section 1(a), if Indemnitee is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company. 

 (b) “Entity” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity. 
 (c) “Expenses” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses
incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by
Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 10 and 11(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs,
transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services, and other disbursements and expenses. 
 (d) “Indemnifiable Expenses,” “Indemnifiable Liabilities” and “Indemnifiable Amounts” shall have the meanings ascribed to
those terms in Section 3(a) below. 
 (e) “Liabilities” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise
taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement. 
 (f) “Proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action,
suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a
proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights hereunder. 
 (g)
“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either
(i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other
Entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity. 
 2. Services of Indemnitee. In consideration of the Company’s covenants and commitments hereunder, Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to
serve as a [director] [officer] of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other
agreements or commitments of the parties, if any. 
 3. Agreement to Indemnify. The Company agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

 (a) Proceedings Other Than By or In the Right of the Company. Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(a) below, if
Indemnitee was or is a party or 

  

 2 

 
is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status,
Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “Indemnifiable Expenses” and “Indemnifiable
Liabilities,” respectively, and collectively as “Indemnifiable Amounts”). 
 (b) Proceedings By or In the Right of the
Company. Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(b) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status,
Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses. 
 (c) Conclusive Presumption Regarding Standard of
Care. In making any determination required to be made under Delaware law with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee submitted a request therefor in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any
person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. 
 4. Exceptions to Indemnification. Indemnitee shall be
entitled to indemnification under Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above in all circumstances other than with respect to any specific claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification has arisen,
as follows: 
 (a) Proceedings Other Than By or In the Right of the Company. If indemnification is requested under Section 3(a)
and it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith and (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable
Amounts hereunder. 
 (b) Proceedings By or In the Right of the Company. If indemnification is requested under Section 3(b) and

 (i) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter,
Indemnitee failed to act (A) in good faith and (B) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; or

 (ii) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to such
specific claim, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment 

  

 3 

 
of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such court
shall deem proper; or 
 (iii) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company
for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and
amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder. 
 (c) Insurance Proceeds. To the extent payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy in respect of Indemnifiable Amounts in connection with such specific claim, issue
or matter, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance. 
 5. Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts
for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee promptly upon receipt of its request. At the request of the Company, Indemnitee
shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to Indemnitee and necessary to establish that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. 
 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without
limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or
matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this
Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, by reason of settlement, judgment, order or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or
matter. 
 7. Effect of Certain Resolutions. Neither the settlement or termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to
award indemnification or to determine that 

  

 4 

 
indemnification is payable shall create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s action was unlawful. 
 8. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Undertaking. The Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the
Company, in which Indemnitee is involved by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to
time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. To the extent required by Delaware law, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any and all of the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by
a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses. This undertaking is an unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee. 
 9. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for
which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no
later than ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of such request. 
 10. Remedies of Indemnitee. 
 (a) Right to Petition Court. In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 3 and 5 above or
a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and 9 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may petition the Court of
Chancery to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. 
 (b) Burden of Proof. In any judicial proceeding brought
under Section 10(a) above, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder. 
 (c) Expenses. The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by
Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith, whether or not Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in connection with any such action. 
 (d) Failure to Act Not a Defense. The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel,
or 

  

 5 

 
stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses
under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible. 
 11. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding. 
 (a) Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in
the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner
any right of Indemnitee, to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby. 
 (b) Defense by Company. Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 11(b) and of Section 11(c) below, the Company
shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder; provided, however that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within ten
(10) calendar days of receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 11(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any
settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee or (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release
shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. This Section 11(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above or pursuant to Section 19 below. 
 (c) Indemnitee’s Right to Counsel. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a
party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes that he or she may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with the position of other
defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee
shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or
any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any action, suit or proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits 

  

 6 

 
intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, at the expense of the
Company, to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter. 
 12. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows: 
 (a) Authority. The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter
into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company. 
 (b) Enforceability. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. 
 13. Insurance. The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith
determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with a reputable insurance company providing the Indemnitee with coverage for losses from wrongful acts. For so long as
Indemnitee shall remain a [director] [officer] of the Company and with respect to any such prior service, in all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide
Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers and directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the
Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions
so as to provide an insufficient benefit. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any good faith determination not to provide such coverage. 
 14. Contract Rights Not Exclusive. The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other
rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action
in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee’s serving as a [director][officer] of the Company. 
 15. Successors. This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the
Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This
Agreement shall 

  

 7 

 
continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate
Status. 
 16. Subrogation. In the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated
to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including the
execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights. 
 17. Change in Law. To the
extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the By-laws and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to such
broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to such extent. 
 18. Severability.
Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and
the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties. 
 19. Indemnitee as
Plaintiff. Except as provided in Section 10(c) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought
by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless the Board of Directors of the Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. This Section shall not apply to
counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee. 
 20. Modifications and Waiver.
Except as provided in Section 17 above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed
in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a
continuing waiver. 
 21. General Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after
the date on which it is so mailed: 
  

	 	(i)	If to Indemnitee, to: 

 ___________________________________

 ___________________________________ 
 ___________________________________ 
 ___________________________________ 
  

 8 

	 	(ii)	If to the Company, to: 

 Salary.com, Inc. 
 195 West Street 
 Waltham, MA 02451

 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 or to
such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others. 
 22. Governing Law; Consent to
Jurisdiction; Service of Process. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its rules of conflict of laws. Each of the Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably
and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the courts of the United States of America located in the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Courts”) for any
litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating thereto except in such courts), waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such litigation
in the Delaware Courts and agrees not to plead or claim in any Delaware Court that such litigation brought therein has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto agrees: (a) to the extent such party is not otherwise
subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process, and (b) that service of process may also be made on such party by
prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service. Service made pursuant to (a) or (b) above shall have the same legal force and effect as if served
upon such party personally within the State of Delaware. For purposes of implementing the parties’ agreement to appoint and maintain an agent for service of process in the State of Delaware, each such party does hereby appoint The Corporation
Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808, as such agent and each such party hereby agrees to complete all actions necessary for such appointment. 
 [signature page follows] 
  

 9 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above
written. 
  

			
	SALARY.COM, INC.
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	INDEMNITEE
	
	  
		 	

  

 10Indenture for the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

  
 INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD.

 as Issuer 
 and 
 INTELSAT, LTD. 
 as Parent Guarantor

 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 
  

 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of January 12, 2007 
  

 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE 1
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	SECTION 1.01.	  	Definitions	  	1
	SECTION 1.02.	  	Other Definitions	  	40
	SECTION 1.03.	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	42
	SECTION 1.04.	  	Rules of Construction	  	42
	
	ARTICLE 2
	
	THE SECURITIES
			
	SECTION 2.01.	  	Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series	  	43
	SECTION 2.02.	  	Form and Dating	  	44
	SECTION 2.03.	  	Execution and Authentication	  	45
	SECTION 2.04.	  	Registrar, Calculation Agent and Paying Agent	  	45
	SECTION 2.05.	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	46
	SECTION 2.06.	  	Holder Lists	  	46
	SECTION 2.07.	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	46
	SECTION 2.08.	  	Replacement Notes	  	47
	SECTION 2.09.	  	Outstanding Notes	  	48
	SECTION 2.10.	  	Temporary Notes	  	48
	SECTION 2.11.	  	Cancellation	  	48
	SECTION 2.12.	  	Defaulted Interest	  	48
	SECTION 2.13.	  	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.	  	49
	SECTION 2.14.	  	Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes	  	49
	
	ARTICLE 3
	
	REDEMPTION
			
	SECTION 3.01.	  	Redemption	  	49
	SECTION 3.02.	  	Applicability of Article	  	49
	SECTION 3.03.	  	Notices to Trustee	  	49
	SECTION 3.04.	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	50
	SECTION 3.05.	  	Notice of Optional Redemption	  	50
	SECTION 3.06.	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	51
	SECTION 3.07.	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	51
	SECTION 3.08.	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	51
	SECTION 3.09.	  	Redemption for Taxation Reasons	  	52

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE 4	  	
			
		  	COVENANTS	  	
			
	SECTION 4.01.	  	Payment of Notes	  	52
	SECTION 4.02.	  	Reports and Other Information	  	53
	SECTION 4.03.	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	54
	SECTION 4.04.	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	59
	SECTION 4.05.	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	66
	SECTION 4.06.	  	Asset Sales	  	68
	SECTION 4.07.	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	71
	SECTION 4.08.	  	Change of Control	  	74
	SECTION 4.09.	  	Compliance Certificate	  	75
	SECTION 4.10.	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	76
	SECTION 4.11.	  	Future Guarantors	  	76
	SECTION 4.12.	  	Liens	  	76
	SECTION 4.13.	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	77
	SECTION 4.14.	  	Maintenance of Insurance	  	77
	SECTION 4.15.	  	Matters Relating to Government Business Subsidiaries	  	78
	SECTION 4.16.	  	Suspension of Covenants	  	78
	SECTION 4.17.	  	Payment of Additional Amounts	  	79
			
		  	ARTICLE 5	  	
			
		  	SUCCESSOR COMPANY	  	
			
	SECTION 5.01.	  	When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	81
	SECTION 5.02.	  	Successor Company Substituted	  	83
			
		  	ARTICLE 6	  	
			
		  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	
	SECTION 6.01.	  	Events of Default	  	83
	SECTION 6.02.	  	Acceleration	  	85
	SECTION 6.03.	  	Other Remedies	  	85
	SECTION 6.04.	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	86
	SECTION 6.05.	  	Control by Majority	  	86
	SECTION 6.06.	  	Limitation on Suits	  	86
	SECTION 6.07.	  	Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment	  	87
	SECTION 6.08.	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	87
	SECTION 6.09.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	87
	SECTION 6.10.	  	Priorities	  	87
	SECTION 6.11.	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	88
	SECTION 6.12.	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	88

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE 7	  	
			
		  	TRUSTEE	  	
			
	SECTION 7.01.	  	Duties of Trustee	  	88
	SECTION 7.02.	  	Rights of Trustee	  	89
	SECTION 7.03.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	90
	SECTION 7.04.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	90
	SECTION 7.05.	  	Notice of Defaults	  	90
	SECTION 7.06.	  	Reports by Trustee to the Holders	  	91
	SECTION 7.07.	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	91
	SECTION 7.08.	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	92
	SECTION 7.09.	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	93
	SECTION 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	93
	SECTION 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	  	93
			
		  	ARTICLE 8	  	
			
		  	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	
			
	SECTION 8.01.	  	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	94
	SECTION 8.02.	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	95
	SECTION 8.03.	  	Application of Trust Money	  	96
	SECTION 8.04.	  	Repayment to Issuer	  	96
	SECTION 8.05.	  	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	97
	SECTION 8.06.	  	Reinstatement	  	97
			
		  	ARTICLE 9	  	
			
		  	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS	  	
			
	SECTION 9.01.	  	Without Consent of the Holders	  	97
	SECTION 9.02.	  	With Consent of the Holders	  	98
	SECTION 9.03.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	99
	SECTION 9.04.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	99
	SECTION 9.05.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	99
	SECTION 9.06.	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	99
	SECTION 9.07.	  	Payment for Consent	  	100
	SECTION 9.08.	  	Additional Voting Terms	  	100
			
		  	ARTICLE 10	  	
			
		  	GUARANTEES	  	
			
	SECTION 10.01.	  	Guarantees	  	100
	SECTION 10.02.	  	Limitation on Liability	  	102

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	SECTION 10.03.	  	Successors and Assigns	  	103
	SECTION 10.04.	  	No Waiver	  	103
	SECTION 10.05.	  	Modification	  	104
	SECTION 10.06.	  	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	  	104
	SECTION 10.07.	  	Non-Impairment	  	104
			
		  	ARTICLE 11	  	
			
		  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	
			
	SECTION 11.01.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	104
	SECTION 11.02.	  	Notices	  	104
	SECTION 11.03.	  	Communication by the Holders with Other Holders	  	105
	SECTION 11.04.	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	105
	SECTION 11.05.	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	106
	SECTION 11.06.	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	106
	SECTION 11.07.	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	106
	SECTION 11.08.	  	Legal Holidays	  	106
	SECTION 11.09.	  	GOVERNING LAW	  	106
	SECTION 11.10.	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	107
	SECTION 11.11.	  	Successors	  	107
	SECTION 11.12.	  	Multiple Originals	  	107
	SECTION 11.13.	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	107
	SECTION 11.14.	  	Indenture Controls	  	107
	SECTION 11.15.	  	Severability	  	107
	SECTION 11.16.	  	Jurisdiction	  	107
	SECTION 11.17.	  	Immunity	  	108
	SECTION 11.18.	  	Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions	  	108
		
	Appendix A   –	  	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
			
	EXHIBIT INDEX	  		  	
			
	Exhibit A        –	  	Form of Initial Note	  	
	Exhibit B        –	  	Form of Exchange Note	  	
	Exhibit C        –	  	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation	  	
	Exhibit D        –	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	

  

 -iv- 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA Section
	  	Indenture Section
	310 (a)(1)	  	7.10; 7.11
	       (a)(2)	  	7.10; 7.11
	       (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)	  	7.10
	       (b)	  	7.08; 7.10
	       (c)	  	N.A.
	311 (a)	  	7.11
	       (b)	  	7.11
	       (c)	  	N.A.
	312 (a)	  	2.06
	       (b)	  	11.03
	       (c)	  	11.03
	313 (a)	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)	  	7.06
	       (c)	  	7.06
	       (d)	  	4.02; 4.09; 7.06
	314 (a)	  	4.02; 4.09
	       (b)	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)	  	11.04
	       (c)(2)	  	11.04
	       (c)(3)	  	N.A.
	       (d)	  	N.A.
	       (e)	  	11.05
	       (f)	  	4.10
	315 (a)	  	7.01
	       (b)	  	7.05
	       (c)	  	7.01
	       (d)	  	7.01
	       (e)	  	6.11
	316 (a) (last sentence)	  	11.06
	       (a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)	  	N.A.
	       (b)	  	6.07
	       (c)	  	2.06
	317 (a)(1)	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)	  	6.09
	       (b)	  	2.05
	318 (a)	  	11.01
	N.A. means Not Applicable.	  	

 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

 INDENTURE dated as of January 12, 2007, among INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD., a company incorporated under
the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), INTELSAT, LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein)
of (a) $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Original Notes”) issued on the date hereof, (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date
hereof in the form of Exhibit A (the “Initial Notes”) and (c) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Appendix A hereto (the “Appendix”)) or otherwise
registered under the Securities Act (as defined herein) and issued, the Issuer’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Exchange Notes”; the Exchange Notes, together with the Initial Notes and the Original Notes, the
“Notes”) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Appendix) in exchange for any Initial Notes or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued in the form of Exhibit B . The Original Notes shall
be issued in the form of Initial Notes, and references herein to Initial Notes shall include the Original Notes. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth herein, the Issuer may issue an unlimited aggregate principal
amount of Additional Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of
such specified Person, and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,

 in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support
utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

 “Acquisition” means the transactions pursuant to which the Issuer became the owner of all of the outstanding share
capital of PanAmSat Holdco pursuant to the Transaction Agreement. 
 “Acquisition Documents” means the Transaction
Agreement, the Credit Agreements, the Intelsat Bermuda Facility, the New PanAmSat Indebtedness, the Existing PanAmSat Acquisition Notes, the Specified Intercompany Agreements and, in each case, any other document entered into in connection
therewith, in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
  

 “Additional Notes” means Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 issued under the terms of
this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date. 
 “Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense; provided that any interest expense set forth in clause (4) of the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense shall be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA
solely for purposes of calculating Cumulative Credit, unless the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus 
 (4) the amount of any restructuring charges
or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, facility closure costs, leasehold termination costs or excess pension charges); plus 
 (5) (a) the amount of any fees or expenses incurred or paid in such period for transition services related to satellites or other
assets or businesses acquired and (b) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsors or any other Permitted Holder (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during
such period; provided that such amount pursuant to subclause (b) shall not exceed in any four-quarter period the greater of (x) $12.5 million and (y) 1.25% of Adjusted EBITDA of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
plus 
 (6) reversals of allowance for customer credits, including any amounts receivable for such period in connection
with contracts that are attributable to Globo Comunicações e Participações, Ltda.’s involvement in arrangements with Sky Multi-Country Partners; plus 
 (7) collections on investments in sales-type leases during such period, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income
for such period; plus 
 (8) lease-back expenses net of deferred gains; 
 less, without duplication, 
 (9) any gross profit (loss) on sales-type leases
included in Consolidated Net Income for such period; and 
 (10) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such
period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in any prior period). 
  

 -2- 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such
Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with
respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note;
and 
 (2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at January 15, 2008 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Paragraph 5 on the reverse side of
the Note attached as an Exhibit hereto), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note (assuming that the interest rate per annum on the Notes applicable on the date on which the notice of redemption was given was in effect for the
entire period) through January 15, 2008 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or 
 (2)
the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course
of business including the sale or leasing (including by way of sales-type lease) of transponders or transponder capacity and the leasing or licensing of teleports; 
  

 -3- 

 (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner
permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (c) any Restricted Payment
or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04; 
 (d) any disposition of assets
or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50.0 million; 
 (e) any disposition of property or assets or the issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 

(f) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) of reasonably comparable or greater
market value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of (1) $50.0 million
shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, and (2) $100.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 
 (g) foreclosures on assets or property of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries; 
 (h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) any disposition of inventory or other assets (including transponders, transponder capacity and teleports) in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 (k) a sale of accounts receivable (including in respect of sales-type leases) and related assets (including contract
rights) of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions; 
 (l) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or
a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (m) the grant in
the ordinary course of business of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property; 
  

 -4- 

 (n) any Event of Loss; 
 (o) any sale or other disposition of assets or property in connection with a Specified Sale/Leaseback Transaction; 
 (p) any sale of an Excluded Satellite; provided, that for purposes of this clause (p) of this definition of “Asset
Sale,” references in the definition of “Excluded Satellite” to $75.0 million shall be deemed to be $50.0 million; provided, further, that any cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with the sale of an Excluded
Satellite shall be treated as Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale and shall be applied as provided for in Section 4.06; 
 (q)
any disposition of assets, equity or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to the Specified Intercompany Agreements; and 
 (r) any disposition of assets in connection with the Transactions. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of any Credit Agreement or any other Senior Credit Documents,
as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of any Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest
(including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement
obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “Board of Directors” means as to
any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or
required by law to close in New York City. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation or a company, corporate stock or shares; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  

 -5- 

 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be
made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Guarantor described
in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.” 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, Euros, national currency of any participating member state in the European Union or, in the case of any
Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case
with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having
capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized ratings agency); 
 (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6)
readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent
ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent
ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and 
  

 -6- 

 (8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication,
of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such
expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging
Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and any interest under Satellite Purchase Agreements); 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; 

(3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any Receivables Financing which are payable to
Persons other than such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (4) with respect to any Person, consolidated interest
expense of any Parent of such Person for such period with respect to the Existing Intelsat Notes or any refinancing thereof to the extent cash interest is paid thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(xiii)(C) hereof; 
 less interest income for such period; 
 provided that, for
purposes of calculating Consolidated Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the effect of any purchase accounting adjustments in connection with the Transactions; provided, further, that for purposes of calculating Consolidated
Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of the
Indebtedness to which such Consolidated Interest Expense relates. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary or nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), or income or
expense or charge (including, without limitation, any severance, relocation or other restructuring costs) and fees, 

  

 -7- 

 
expenses or charges related to any offering of equity interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), including any such fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the Transactions and the Refinancings, in each case, shall be excluded; 
 (2) any increase in amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with
the Transactions or any acquisition shall be excluded; 
 (3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles during such period; 
 (4) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued
operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net
after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Issuer) shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating
thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded; 
 (7) the Net Income for such period of
any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be
increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 
 (8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Cumulative Credit, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted by the
operation of the terms of any agreement applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, unless (x) such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted
by Section 4.05 hereof; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted
Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; 
 (9) (a) any non-cash impairment charge or asset
write-off resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and 144, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141, shall be excluded and (b) the 

  

 -8- 

 
effects of adjustments in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142 resulting from the application of purchase accounting, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 
 (10) any non-cash expenses realized or resulting from employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded; 
 (11) any (a) severance or relocation costs or expenses,
(b) one-time non-cash compensation charges, (c) solely for purposes of calculating the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio, the costs and expenses related to employment of terminated employees, (d) costs or expenses realized in connection
with, resulting from or in anticipation of the Transactions or (e) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights of officers, directors and employees, in each
case of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded; 
 (12) accruals and reserves that are
established within twelve months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (13) (a) (i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in
respect of such rent expense shall be included and (b) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations shall be
excluded; 
 (14) an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such
Person or any Parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period; 
 (15) any net loss resulting from currency exchange risk Hedging Obligations shall be excluded; 
 (16) any reserves for long-term receivables and sales-type lease adjustments, including customer-related long-term receivables evaluated
as uncollectible, shall be excluded; 
 (17) non-operating expenses, including transaction-related fees and expenses related
to acquisitions and due diligence for acquisitions, shall be excluded; and 
 (18) minority interest expenses (less cash
dividends actually paid to the holders of such minority interests) shall be excluded. 
  

 -9- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from
the calculation of Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person in respect of or that originally
constituted Restricted Investments to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04 pursuant to clause (5) or (6) of the definition of “Cumulative
Credit.” 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate
depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding
(i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-Cash Charges relate. 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision
for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes, withholding taxes paid or accrued and including an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of
Capital Stock of such Person or any Parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of
all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries, with the amount of such
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have
a fixed price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be
determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,
including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary
obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; 
  

 -10- 

 (2) to advance or supply funds: 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 
 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded
Contributions) made (without duplication) to the capital of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary after January 28, 2005 (other than any cash contributions in connection with the Transactions); provided that: 
 (1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than the aggregate amount of such cash contributions to
the capital of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) that ranks subordinate to the Notes with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the
Notes, and 
 (2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash
contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of Incurrence thereof. 
 “Credit Agreements” means the Intelsat Credit Agreement and the PanAmSat Credit Agreement. 
 “Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication): 
 (1) cumulative Adjusted EBITDA of the
Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from and after January 1, 2005 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment (or, in the case such Adjusted EBITDA for such period is a negative, minus the amount by which cumulative Adjusted EBITDA is less than zero), plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding
sentence) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer after January 28, 2005 from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer (excluding (without duplication) Refunding Capital Stock, Designated
Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, 

  

 -11- 

 
Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or
options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), plus 
 (3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined
in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash after January 28, 2005 (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount),
plus 
 (4) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price,
as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after January 28, 2005 (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or
exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), plus 
 (5)
100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary from: 
 (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of
Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(vii) or (x)), 
 (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or

 (C) a distribution, dividend or other payment from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 
 (6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of the
Investments of the Issuer in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(vii) or (x) or constituted a Permitted Investment). 
  

 -12- 

 The Fair Market Value of property other than cash covered by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) above shall be
determined in good faith by the Issuer and 
 (A) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $50.0
million, shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate or 
 (B) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in
excess of $100.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Cumulative Interest Expense” means, in respect of any Restricted Payment, the sum of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period from and after
January 1, 2005 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available and immediately preceding the proposed Restricted Payment. 
 “Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness
as of the date of calculation (the “Calculation Date”) to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for the four consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding such Calculation Date. In the event that such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable
period) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio is being calculated but prior to the Calculation Date, then the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio
shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations,
consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has both
determined to make and made after January 28, 2005 and during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis
assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Adjusted
EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any
Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a
business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued
operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
  

 -13- 

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any transaction, the pro
forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of
12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease
Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such
Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have
been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuer as set
forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect, among other things, (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational
change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “Intelsat Bermuda Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 4 to the “Summary Historical and
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” under “Offering Memorandum Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in
connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred
Stock of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee
stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded
from the calculation set forth in the definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
  

 -14- 

 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of
control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control
provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered
pursuant thereto)), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the
Notes; 
 provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or
exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan
for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its
obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “Employee Transfer Agreement” means the intercompany agreement regarding the transfer of substantially all of the employees of Intelsat Global Service Corporation to PanAmSat Opco, dated as of July 3, 2006, between
Intelsat Global Service Corporation and PanAmSat Opco, as amended from time to time (provided that no such amendment materially affects the ability of the Issuer to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes). 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private
sale after the Issue Date of common stock or ordinary shares or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or such Parent’s common stock or ordinary shares registered on Form S-8; and

  

 -15- 

 (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 “Event of Loss” means any event that results in the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries receiving proceeds from any
insurance covering any Satellite, or in the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives proceeds from any insurance maintained for it by any Satellite Manufacturer or any launch provider covering any of such Satellites.

 “Event of Loss Proceeds” means, with respect to any proceeds from any Event of Loss, all Satellite insurance proceeds
received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Event of Loss, after 
 (1) provision
for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Event of Loss, 
 (2) payment of all reasonable legal,
accounting and other reasonable fees and expenses related to such Event of Loss, 
 (3) payment of amounts required to be
applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Satellite that is the subject of such Event of Loss, 
 (4)
provision for payments to Persons who own an interest in the Satellite (including any transponder thereon) in accordance with the terms of the agreement(s) governing the ownership of such interest by such Person (other than provision for payments to
insurance carriers required to be made based on projected future revenues expected to be generated from such Satellite in the good faith determination of the Issuer as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate), and 
 (5) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP,
against any liabilities associated with the Satellite that was the subject of the Event of Loss. 
 “Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement” means the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined by the Issuer in good faith) received by the Issuer after January 28, 2005 from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to
an Officers’ Certificate, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in the definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
  

 -16- 

 “Excluded Satellite” means any Satellite (or, if the entire Satellite is not owned by
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, the portion of the Satellite it owns or for which it has risk of loss) (i) that is not expected or intended, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, to earn revenue from the
operation of such Satellite (or portion, as applicable) in excess of $75.0 million for the immediately succeeding 12-month calendar period or (ii) that has a net book value not in excess of $200.0 million or (iii) that (1) the
procurement of In-Orbit Insurance therefor in the amounts and on the terms required by this Indenture would not be available for a price that is, and on other terms and conditions that are, commercially reasonable or (2) the procurement of such
In-Orbit Insurance therefor would be subject to exclusions or limitations of coverage that would make the terms of the insurance commercially unreasonable, in either case, in the good faith determination of the Issuer or (iv) for which In-Orbit
Contingency Protection is available or (v) whose primary purpose is to provide In-Orbit Contingency Protection for the Issuer’s or its Subsidiaries’ other Satellites (or portions) and otherwise that is not expected or intended, in the
good faith determination of the Issuer, to earn revenue from the operation of such Satellite (or portion, as applicable) in excess of $75.0 million for the immediately succeeding 12-month calendar period. 
 “Existing Intelsat Notes” means (a) the 5 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008, (b) the 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2012 and (c) the 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013, in each case, of Holdings.

 “Existing PanAmSat Acquisition Notes” means (a) the 9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2016, (b) the 11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2016 and (c) the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2013, each issued by the Issuer on July 3, 2006, including any exchange notes issued in exchange
therefor. 
 “Existing Subsidiary Notes” means (a) the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012, the 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2013 and the 8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2015, in each case, of Intelsat Subholdco, (b) the 9 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2015 of Intelsat Intermediate Holdco, and (c) the Secured 6 3/8% Senior Notes due 2008, the Secured 6 7/8% Senior Debentures due
2028, the 9% Senior Notes due 2014, the 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012, and the 9% Senior Notes due 2016, in each
case, of PanAmSat Opco. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or
property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.

 “FCC Licenses” shall mean all authorizations, licenses and permits issued by the Federal Communications Commission or any
governmental authority substituted therefor to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, under which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is authorized to launch and operate any of its Satellites or to operate any of its TT&C Earth Stations (other
than authorizations, orders, licenses or permits that are no longer in effect). 
  

 -17- 

 “Flow Through Entity” means an entity that is treated as a partnership not taxable as a
corporation, a grantor trust or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or subject to treatment on a comparable basis for purposes of state, local or foreign tax law. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state
or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “G2 Transfer
Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 3, 2006, among Intelsat General Corporation, G2 Satellite Solutions Corporation and PanAmSat Opco, as amended from time to time (provided that no such amendment
materially affects the ability of the Issuer to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes), and the other agreements entered into in connection therewith on or prior to July 3, 2006. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on January 28, 2005. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not
include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. 
 “Government Business Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, including Intelsat General Corporation for so long as it is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, that (i) is engaged primarily in the
business of providing services to customers similar to the services provided on the Issue Date by Intelsat General Corporation and services or activities that are reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion
thereof, or is complementary, incidental, ancillary or related thereto and (ii) is subject to the Proxy Agreement or a substantially similar agreement substantially restricting the Issuer’s control of such Restricted Subsidiary.

 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 
 “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release
or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Hedging
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) currency exchange or
interest rate swap agreements, cap agreements and collar agreements; and 
  

 -18- 

 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations
in currency exchange or interest rates. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the
Registrar’s books. 
 “Holdings” means Intelsat, Ltd., until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the
successor. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however,
that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes
a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed
money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid
purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a current account payable, trade payable or similar obligation Incurred, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor
or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided,
however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; and 
 (4) to the extent not otherwise included, with respect to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the amount then outstanding
(i.e., advanced, and received by, and available for use by, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) under any Receivables Financing (as set forth in the books and records of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and confirmed by
the agent, trustee or other representative of the institution or group providing such Receivables Financing); 
  

 -19- 

 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include
(1) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to
satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) obligations to make payments to one or more insurers under satellite insurance policies in respect of premiums or the requirement to remit to such insurer(s) a
portion of the future revenue generated by a satellite which has been declared a constructive total loss, in each case in accordance with the terms of the insurance policies relating thereto; (5) Obligations under or in respect of any Qualified
Receivables Financing; or (6) any obligations to make progress or incentive payments or risk money payments under any satellite manufacturing contract or to make payments under satellite launch contracts in respect of launch services provided
thereunder, in each case, to the extent not overdue by more than 90 days. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, Indebtedness shall
not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of
Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the
application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture. 
 “Indenture” means
this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Similar Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been
engaged. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means such initial purchasers party to the purchase agreement entered into in connection
with the offer and sale of the Original Notes. 
 “In-Orbit Contingency Protection” means transponder capacity that in the
good faith determination of the Issuer is available on a contingency basis by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, directly or by another satellite operator pursuant to a contractual arrangement, to accommodate the transfer of traffic representing at
least 25% of the revenue-generating capacity with respect to any Satellite (or, if the entire Satellite is not owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, the portion of the Satellite it owns or for which it has risk of
loss) that may suffer actual or constructive total loss and that meets or exceeds the contractual performance specifications for the transponders that had been utilized by such traffic; it being understood that the Satellite (or portion, as
applicable) shall be deemed to be insured for a percentage of the Satellite’s (or applicable portion’s) net book value for which In-Orbit Contingency Protection is available. 
 “In-Orbit Insurance” means, with respect to any Satellite (or, if the entire Satellite is not owned by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, the portion of the Satellite it owns or for which it has risk of loss), insurance (subject to a right of co-insurance in 

  

 -20- 

 
an amount up to $150.0 million) or other contractual arrangement providing for coverage against the risk of loss of or damage to such Satellite (or portion,
as applicable) attaching upon the expiration of the launch insurance therefor (or, if launch insurance is not procured, upon the initial completion of in-orbit testing) and attaching, during the commercial in-orbit service of such Satellite (or
portion, as applicable), upon the expiration of the immediately preceding corresponding policy or other contractual arrangement, as the case may be, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Intelsat Bermuda Facility” means the senior unsecured credit agreement entered into on July 3, 2006 in connection with the
consummation of the Acquisition, among the Issuer, the financial institutions named therein and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent. 
 “Intelsat Bermuda Intercompany Loan” means the intercompany loans by Intelsat Bermuda to PanAmSat Holdco to fund the payment of a portion of the purchase price of the Acquisition and to fund the
purchase of the 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 of PanAmSat Holdco and, in each case, fees and expenses
related thereto. 
 “Intelsat Credit Agreement” means (i) the credit agreement entered into on July 3, 2006
in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, among Intelsat Subholdco, Intelsat Intermediate Holdco, the financial institutions named therein and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived,
replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any one or more agreements or indentures extending the
maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or
indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the
definition of “Intelsat Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank
guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended,
restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Intelsat Intermediate
Holdco” means Intelsat Intermediate Holding Company, Ltd., until a successor replaces it, and thereafter means such successor. 
 “Intelsat Subholdco” means Intelsat Subsidiary Holding Company, Ltd., until a successor replaces it, and thereafter means such successor. 
  

 -21- 

 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by
Moody’s or BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade
Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any
agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents), 
 (2) securities that have an Investment Grade Rating, but
excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, 
 (3) investments in
any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and 
 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case
with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person,
all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and
similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that
are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the
portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

 (a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
  

 -22- 

 “Issue Date” means January 12, 2007, the date on which the Original Notes are
originally issued. 
 “Issuer” means the party named as such in the Preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it
and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Joint Venture” means any Person, other than an individual or a Subsidiary of the
Issuer, (i) in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) and (ii) which is engaged in a Similar Business. 
 “License Subsidiary” means one or more wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer (i) that holds, was formed for the
purpose of holding or is designated to hold FCC Licenses for the launch and operation of Satellites or for the operation of any TT&C Earth Station (other than any FCC License held by Intelsat General Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries) and
(ii) all of the shares of capital stock and other ownership interests of which are held directly by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or
equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Lockheed Note” means the $20.0 million note, dated November 25, 2002 from Intelsat Global Service Corporation to COMSAT Corporation. 
 “Master Intercompany Services Agreement” means the Master Intercompany Services Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2006, among the Issuer and certain direct and indirect Parent companies and
Subsidiaries of the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time (provided that no such amendment materially affects the ability of the Issuer to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes). 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net
of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, 

  

 -23- 

 
legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on
Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction (including to obtain any consent therefor), and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in
accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Net Transponder Capacity” means the aggregate transponder capacity for all in-orbit transponders then owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “New Intelsat Bermuda Unsecured Credit Agreement” means (i) the new unsecured credit agreement pursuant to which the Issuer will
enter into a term loan due 2014 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $1.0 billion, the proceeds of which will be used to repay Intelsat Subholdco’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012, among the Issuer, Intelsat Subholdco, certain
subsidiaries of Intelsat Sub Holdco, the financial institutions named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original
lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any one or more agreements or indentures extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or
any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the
maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “New Intelsat Bermuda Unsecured Credit Agreement,” one
or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from
lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or
(C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated,
replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “New PanAmSat Indebtedness” means (i) the 9% Senior
Notes due 2016 of PanAmSat Opco issued on July 3, 2006, including any exchange notes issued in exchange therefor and (ii) the Intelsat Bermuda Intercompany Loan. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation,
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the 

  

 -24- 

 
documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of
the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering
memorandum relating to the offering of the Original Notes dated January 9, 2007. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the
Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, any Parent of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by two Officers of the
Issuer, any Parent of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, any Parent
of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 
 “PanAmSat Credit Agreement” means (i) the amended and restated credit agreement entered into on July 3, 2006 in connection
with the consummation of the Acquisition, among PanAmSat Opco, the financial institutions named therein and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and
whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any one or more agreements or indentures extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or
otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued
thereunder or altering the maturity thereof, and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “PanAmSat Credit Agreement,”
one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from
lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or
(C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated,
replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “PanAmSat Holdco” means Intelsat Holding Corporation
(formerly PanAmSat Holding Corporation), until a successor replaces it, and thereafter means such successor. 
  

 -25- 

 “PanAmSat Opco” means Intelsat Corporation (formerly PanAmSat Corporation), until a
successor replaces it, and thereafter means such successor. 
 “Parent” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or
indirect parent company of such Person. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes; and 

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with such
Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, the Sponsors. Any person or group whose acquisition
of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted
Holder. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if
as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or
conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an
Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any Investments made pursuant to binding commitments in
effect on the Issue Date; 
 (6) advances to employees not in excess of $40.0 million outstanding at any one time in the
aggregate; 
 (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any
other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts
receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted 

  

 -26- 

 
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 
 (9) [reserved]; 
 (10) additional Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not
to exceed the greater of (x) $350.0 million and (y) 3% of Total Assets of the Issuer at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses,
moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12)
Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under the calculation set forth in the definition of the term “Cumulative Credit”; 
 (13) any
transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii)(a), (vi), (vii) and (xi)(B) of such Section);

 (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing
arrangements with other Persons; 
 (15) guarantees not prohibited by or required pursuant to, as the case may be, Sections
4.03 and 4.11; provided that the proceeds of the Indebtedness being guaranteed would be applied in a manner that would otherwise comply with Section 4.04(a) (other than Section 4.04(a)(iv)); 
 (16) any Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of
the Issuer; 
 (17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or
purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 -27- 

 (18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables
Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related
Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest; 
 (19) Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in a sale of assets or property that does not constitute an Asset
Sale or in an Asset Sale received in compliance with Section 4.06; 
 (20) additional Investments in Joint Ventures of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million outstanding at any one time; 
 (21) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that
is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger,
amalgamation or consolidation; 
 (22) Investments in Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures formed for the purpose of selling or
leasing transponders or transponder capacity to third-party customers in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries which investments are in the form of transfers to such Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures for fair
market value transponders or transponder capacity sold or to be sold or leased or to be leased by such Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures; provided that all such Investments in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures do not exceed 10% of Net Transponder
Capacity; and 
 (23) any Investment in the Notes. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good
faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S.
government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 
  

 -28- 

 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or
subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens in
favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued at the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers,
electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which
were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) (A) Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness not to exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate
principal amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of such date, and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness
and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Issuer to exceed 2.50 to 1.00 and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections
4.03(b)(ii), (iv) (provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets that are not property being purchased, leased, constructed or improved with the proceeds of such Indebtedness being Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(iv)), (xii) or (xx); provided that in the case of Section 4.03(b)(xx), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of the Issuer; 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
 (8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer; 
 (9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired the assets or property, including
any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other assets or property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
  

 -29- 

 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to
the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.03(b)(x); 
 (12) Liens on
specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of
such inventory or other goods; 
 (13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the
ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform
Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s client
at which such equipment is located; 
 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the
definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (18)
deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (19) Liens on the Equity
Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (20) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (21) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings,
refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6)(B), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15); provided, however, that
(x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater
than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6)(B), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under
this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; and 
  

 -30- 

 (22) other Liens securing obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business which
obligations do not exceed $75.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, Joint Venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up. 
 “Presumed Tax Rate” means the highest effective marginal statutory combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax
rate prescribed for an individual residing in New York City (taking into account (i) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, assuming the limitation of Section 68(a)(2) of the Code applies
and taking into account any impact of Section 68(f) of the Code, and (ii) the character (long-term or short-term capital gain, dividend income or other ordinary income) of the applicable income). 
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from
the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following
conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables
Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Receivables Subsidiary, 
 (2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good
faith by the Issuer), and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be
market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 The grant of a security
interest in any accounts receivable of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 
 “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for
reasons outside of the Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized 

  

 -31- 

 
statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Issuer or any Parent of the
Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or
payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person
(in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including,
without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily
transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in
connection with such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of
receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any
asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging
in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Issuer in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in
no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or
activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 
 (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any
other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other
Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to
the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, 
  

 -32- 

 (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material
contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of
the Issuer, and 
 (c) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or
preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 
 Any such designation
by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 
 “Refinancings” means, collectively, the issuance
of the Original Notes, a borrowing under the New Intelsat Bermuda Unsecured Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of up to $1.0 billion, the repayment of the Intelsat Bermuda Facility and the redemption of Intelsat Subholdco’s $1.0
billion Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012. 
 “Relevant Tax Jurisdiction” means Bermuda, or another jurisdiction in which
the Issuer or a Guarantor, or a successor of any of them, is organized, is resident or engaged in business for tax purposes or through which payments are made on or in connection with the Notes. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such
Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a
Person and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 
 “Satellite” means any satellite owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any satellite purchased by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of a Satellite Purchase Agreement, whether such satellite is in the process of manufacture, has been delivered for launch or is in orbit (whether or not in operational service). 
  

 -33- 

 “Satellite Manufacturer” means, with respect to any Satellite, the prime contractor and
manufacturer of such Satellite. 
 “Satellite Purchase Agreement” means, with respect to any Satellite, the agreement
between the applicable Satellite Purchaser and the applicable Satellite Manufacturer relating to the manufacture, testing and delivery of such Satellite. 
 “Satellite Purchaser” means the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary that is a party to a Satellite Purchase Agreement. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 
 “Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with
respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (1) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (2) Adjusted EBITDA of
such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
Incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made
(the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made after January 28, 2005 and during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall
be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on
the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such
period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment
pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, consolidation or
operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
  

 -34- 

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any transaction, the pro
forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuer as set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate, to reflect, among other things, (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, merger or operational change (including, to the
extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “Intelsat Bermuda Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 4 to the “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Data” under “Offering Memorandum Summary” in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 “Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and
the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or any successor
provision. 
 “Similar Business” means any business or activity of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries currently conducted
or proposed as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof, or is complementary, incidental, ancillary or related thereto. 
 “Specified Existing PanAmSat Notes” means the 9% Senior Notes due 2014 of PanAmSat Opco. 
 “Specified Intercompany Agreements” means the Master Intercompany Services Agreement, the Employee Transfer Agreement, the G2 Transfer
Agreement and the agreements or promissory notes evidencing the Intelsat Bermuda Intercompany Loan and, in each case, agreements in connection therewith. 
 “Specified Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means one Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries sell one Satellite and related assets that is designated as a
Specified Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 
 “Sponsors” means (1) one or more
investment funds advised, managed or controlled by Apax Partners Worldwide LLP and Apax Partners, L.P., (2) one or more investment funds advised, managed or controlled by Apollo Management V, L.P., (3) one or more investment funds advised,
managed or controlled by Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and (4) one or more investment funds advised, managed or controlled by Permira Advisers LLC and, in each case, (whether individually or as a group) their Affiliates. 
  

 -35- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants,
indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the
servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment
of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means
(a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms
subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any
corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination
thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as
applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or
otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any Person that is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the specified
Person in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Guarantor.

 “Subsidiary Transfer Transactions” means the transfer of all or a portion of the equity, assets and liabilities of any of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries between or among any of the Issuer and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Tax-affected Investor” means any holder of capital stock in any Parent of the Issuer that is subject (or if such holder is a Flow-Through Entity, any partner in which is subject) to a tax regime (for example, as a United
States shareholder within the meaning of section 951(b) of the Code) that requires such person to recognize on a current basis taxable income attributable to earnings and profits of the Issuer, or its Subsidiaries in advance of any distribution of
such earnings and profits. 
  

 -36- 

 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total consolidated assets of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet. 
 “Transaction Agreement” means the
Merger Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2005, among Intelsat (Bermuda), Ltd., PanAmSat Holdco and the other parties thereto, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Transactions” means the Acquisition and the transactions related thereto, including as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents
(including any Equity Interest payments made in connection therewith (whether on July 3, 2006 or thereafter)), the incurrence of the New PanAmSat Indebtedness and the Existing PanAmSat Acquisition Notes, amendments and borrowings made pursuant
to the Credit Agreements and the Intelsat Bermuda Facility on July 3, 2006, the execution and performance of the Specified Intercompany Agreements, the repurchase of all of the 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 of PanAmSat Holdco and a portion of the Specified Existing PanAmSat Notes and the funding thereof, the Subsidiary Transfer
Transactions, and the other transactions in connection with the foregoing. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to
the Notes, as of the redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption
date to January 15, 2008; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to January 15, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a
constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of
the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the
time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of
this Indenture. 
 “Trustee” means the respective party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and,
thereafter, means the successor. 
 “TT&C Earth Station” shall mean any earth station licensed for operation by the FCC
or by any international, federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body, authority, agency or commission or legislative body or other governmental entity outside of the United States used
for the provision of TT&C Services that is owned and operated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  

 -37- 

 “TT&C Services” shall mean the provision of tracking, telemetry and command services
for the purposes of operational control of any Satellite. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of
Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Issuer)
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary
of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has
recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries); provided, further, however, that either: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 
 (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

 The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either (1) the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA
Ratio test described in Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the foregoing provisions. 
  

 -38- 

 “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other
than U.S. Dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the
applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is
available). 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in each
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not
authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S.
Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the
Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years
from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of
all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one
or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  

 -39- 

 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Additional Interest”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Appendix”
	  	Preamble
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Authorized Agent”
	  	11.16
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01
	 “Base Currency”
	  	11.18(b)
	 “Calculation Agent”
	  	Exhibit A and
		  	Exhibit B
	 “Calculation Date”
	  	1.01
	 “Change of Control”
	  	4.08(a)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.08(b)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	Appendix A
	 “consolidated”
	  	1.01
	 “control”
	  	1.01
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(c)
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.16
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “Deadline”
	  	4.18
	 “Determination Date”
	  	Exhibit A and
		  	Exhibit B
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Depository”
	  	Appendix A
	 “disposition”
	  	1.01
	 “Euroclear”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01(a)
	 “IAI”
	  	Appendix A
	 “incorporated provision”
	  	11.01
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Initial Purchasers”
	  	1.01 and
		  	Appendix A
	 “Intelsat General”
	  	4.15
	 “Interest Period”
	  	Exhibit A and
		  	Exhibit B
	 “Issuer”
	  	Preamble
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	11.18(b)
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01

  

 -40- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “LIBOR”
	  	Exhibit A and
		  	Exhibit B
	 “London Banking Day”
	  	Exhibit A and
		  	Exhibit B
	 “maximum fixed repurchase price”
	  	1.01
	 “Net Payment”
	  	4.17
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.06(d)
	 “Original Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.03(b)
	 “primary obligations”
	  	1.01
	 “primary obligor”
	  	1.01
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “Proxy Agreement”
	  	4.15
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “rate(s) of exchange”
	  	11.18(d)
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.03(b)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Registered Exchange Offer”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Registration Rights Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.04(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 501”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”
	  	1.01
	 “Securities Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Shelf Registration Statement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Specified Merger/Transfer Transaction”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	5.01(b)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.16
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.16
	 “Telerate Page 3750”
	  	Exhibit A and

  

 -41- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 Term
	  	Exhibit B
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Trustee”
	  	Preamble
	 “Unrestricted Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A

 SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture
incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 “Commission”
means the SEC. 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees, if any. 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, the
Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of
Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) “including” means including without limitation; 
 (e) words in the singular
include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 
 (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (g) unless
otherwise specified herein, the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance
with GAAP; 
  

 -42- 

 (h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation
value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 
 (i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder
shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (j) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

 (k) “€” and “Euros” each refer to the lawful currency of the member states of the
European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities; 
 (l)
whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent
that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof; and 
 (m) for any periods or dates
which the Issuer does not have historical financial statements available, it shall be entitled to use and rely on the financial statements of its predecessor or successor (as the case may be). 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE SECURITIES 
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Original Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture on the Issue Date is $600.0 million. The Notes may be issued in one or more series. All Notes of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination. 
 The Issuer may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as
(i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With
respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.06,
4.06(g), 4.08(c) or the Appendix), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) established
in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 
  

 -43- 

 (1) whether such Additional Notes shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of
Notes and the title of such Additional Notes (which shall distinguish the Additional Notes of the series from Notes of any other series); 
 (2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, 
 (3) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue; 
 (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such
case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in
lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or
names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and 
 (5) if applicable, that such
Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B. 
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate
record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or Director or any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Director of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture
supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the
Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Original Notes, Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and
the Trustee’s certificate of authentication for each shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes, any Additional Notes
issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication for each shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this
Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is
in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof. 
  

 -44- 

 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (a) Original Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in
an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of
Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to
be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Appendix, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a minimum principal
amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, whether such Additional Notes are of the same or a different series than the Original Notes. 
 One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose
signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A
Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be
evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in
this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the Depository in the form provided by the Issuer and to act in
accordance with such letter. 
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar, Calculation Agent and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”), and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have
one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. In addition, the Issuer
shall appoint a Calculation Agent to determine the interest rate on the Notes as provided in Section 1 of the Notes. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar, Calculation Agent and Paying Agent in connection with the
Notes and (ii) the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  

 -45- 

 (b) The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Calculation Agent or
Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any
such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries organized in the United States may act as Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent. 
 (c) The Issuer may remove any
Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an
appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee
that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Registrar, Calculation Agent or Paying Agent only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of and interest on
any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal
and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held
by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent.
Upon complying with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06.
Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the
Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
require of the names and addresses of Holders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form
and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with the Appendix. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a 

  

 -46- 

 
request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the
Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the
Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange
pursuant to this Section. The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be
redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 Prior to the due presentation for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to
the contrary. 
 Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers
of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership
of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or
exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or
the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the
Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If
required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
  

 -47- 

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer. 
 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are
all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the
Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note
surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such
Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08. 
 If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this
Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is
prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes
are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of
the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary
procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the
defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Issuer may 

  

 -48- 

 
pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special
record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to
be paid. 
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common
Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may
state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and
that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 
 SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the
principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be
calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of
determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section shall be made by the
Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01.
Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A and B hereto,
which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. 
 SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

 SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph
5 of the applicable Note, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and

  

 -49- 

 
(iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 45 days (unless a shorter period is acceptable
to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to any redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date
shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the
Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair
and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions
of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to
be redeemed. 
 Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (i) the redemption date; 
 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 
 (iii)
the name and address of a Paying Agent; 
 (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest; 
 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
  

 -50- 

 (vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or any Paying
Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 
 (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (ix) the record date. 
 (b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such
event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section, at least 45 days (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the proposed redemption date. 
 (c) Notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to,
completion of an Equity Offering. 
 SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance
with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the
notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of
the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the
Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date
other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption
so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless a Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

 -51- 

 SECTION 3.09. Redemption for Taxation Reasons. 
 (a) The Issuer may, at its option, redeem any series of the Notes in whole if at any time it becomes obligated to pay additional amounts on any Notes on
the next interest payment date with respect to such series of Notes, but only if its obligation results from a change in, or an amendment to, the laws or treaties (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Tax
Jurisdiction (or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or from a change in any official position regarding the interpretation, administration or application of those laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a
change resulting from a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), that becomes effective or is announced after the Issue Date and provided the Issuer cannot avoid the obligation after taking reasonable measures to do so. If
the Issuer redeems the Notes in these circumstances, it shall do so at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and any other amounts due to the redemption date.

 (b) If the Issuer becomes entitled to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.09(a), it may do so at any time on a redemption date of
its choice. However, the Issuer must give the Holders of the Notes being redeemed notice of the redemption not less than 30 days or more than 60 days before the redemption date and not more than 90 days before the next date on which it would be
obligated to pay additional amounts. 
 (c) The Issuer’s obligation to pay additional amounts shall remain in effect when it gives the
notice of redemption. Notice of the Issuer’s intent to redeem the Notes shall not be effective until such time as it delivers to the Trustee both a certificate signed by two of its Officers stating that the Issuer’s obligation to pay
additional amounts cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures and an opinion of independent legal counsel or an independent auditor stating that the Issuer is obligated to pay additional amounts because of an amendment to or change in law,
treaties or position as described in Section 3.09(a) hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay
the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or
any Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, are not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes,
and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
  

 -52- 

 SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. 
 (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report
on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing), and provide the
Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after it files or, in the case of a Form 6-K, furnishes (or attempts to file or furnish) them with the SEC, 
 (i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Issuer were then subject
to such SEC reporting requirements as a required filer, voluntary filer or otherwise), an annual report (which, if permitted under applicable rules of the SEC, may be the annual report of Holdings or another Parent of the Issuer) on Form 10-K or
20-F (or any successor or comparable forms) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form) and 
 (ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such longer period as may be
permitted by the SEC if the Issuer were then subject to such SEC reporting requirements as a required filer, voluntary filer or otherwise), a quarterly report (which, if permitted under applicable rules of the SEC, may be the quarterly report of
Holdings or another Parent of the Issuer) on Form 10-Q or 6-K (or any successor or comparable forms), including a Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations or substantially similar section (whether or
not required by such form). 
 (b) The Issuer shall make the information required by Section 4.02(a) available to prospective investors
upon request. In addition, the Issuer shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information
pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, furnish to Holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 4.02(a) and (b), the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the reports required by Sections 4.02(a) and
(b) to the Trustee and the Holders if it or Holdings or another Parent of the Issuer has filed (or, in the case of a Form 6-K, furnished) such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In
addition, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the
Securities Act and such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in Section 4.02(a) hereof. 
  

 -53- 

 (d) In the event that any Parent of the Issuer is or becomes a Guarantor or co-obligor of the Notes, the
Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent; provided that, if required by Regulation S-X under the Securities
Act, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and
the information relating to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the other Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand. 
 (e) In the event that the Issuer changes its fiscal year end from the fiscal year end used by the Issuer as of the Issue Date, the Issuer shall promptly give notice of such change to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) (i) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of the Issuer for the
most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would be
less than or equal to 6.75 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued,
as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The
limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (i) the
Incurrence by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreements and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances
being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount of $4,000.0 million outstanding at any one time; 
 (ii) the Incurrence by the Issuer (and, if applicable, any Guarantors) of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (not including any
Additional Notes) (and the Guarantees, as applicable) and any Exchange Notes (and exchange guarantees thereof, as applicable); 
  

 -54- 

 (iii) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue
Date, including any Indebtedness Incurred on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)); 
 (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified
Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of
property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) $450.0 million and (y) 4% of Total Assets of the Issuer at the time of Incurrence;

 (v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former
employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; 
 (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase
price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the Transactions or the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness
Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; 
 (vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes; provided,
further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except
to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any
Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; 
  

 -55- 

 (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer
of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (x) Hedging Obligations (other than for speculative purposes): (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
outstanding; or (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; 
 (xi) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds, completion guarantees and the Lockheed Note provided by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all
other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed the greater of (x) $450.0 million and (y) 4% of Total Assets of the Issuer at any one time outstanding (it being
understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued under this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes
of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) without
reliance upon this clause (xii)); 
 (xiii) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other
obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other Obligations by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if
such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 
 (xiv) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which serves to refund or refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (xiv), (xv), (xix),
(xx) and (xxii) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, 

  

 -56- 

 
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided,
however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such
Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Weighted
Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any
Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following the last date of maturity of any Notes then outstanding; 
 (2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; 
 (3) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue
discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees
Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (4) shall not include Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (5) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to
refinance Indebtedness outstanding under clause (iv) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b), shall be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (iv) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b), as applicable,
and not this clause (xiv) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses (iv) and (xx) of this Section 4.03(b); 
 and provided, further, that subclause (1) of this clause (xiv) shall not apply to any refunding, refinancing or defeasance of (A) the Notes or (B) any Secured Indebtedness;

 (xv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or merged or amalgamated into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is not
Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or amalgamation; provided, further, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or amalgamation, either: 
 (1) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test
set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
  

 -57- 

 (2) the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of the Issuer would be less than or equal to such
ratio immediately prior to such acquisition; 
 (xvi) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified
Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary; 
 (xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn
against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 
 (xviii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any
Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee; 
 (xix) Contribution Indebtedness; 
 (xx) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors;
provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx),
does not exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 10% of the Total Assets of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Intelsat Subholdco that are not guarantors of any Indebtedness of the Issuer; 
 (xxi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or
(y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (xxii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to repurchase or refinance any Specified Existing PanAmSat Notes. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxii) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion divide, classify or reclassify or
later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this Section and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall be treated as having been
Incurred pursuant to one or more of such clauses or pursuant to Section 4.03(a); provided that all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 

  

 -58- 

 4.03(b)(i). Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of
interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the
amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of
credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the
Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section. 
 For purposes of
determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt;
provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests, including any payment with respect to such Equity Interests made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities
issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or
series of securities); 
 (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any
Parent of the Issuer; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted 

  

 -59- 

 Subsidiary (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of
(A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or
retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (iv) make any Restricted
Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
forma basis, the Issuer would have a Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of less than or equal to 5.5 to 1.0; and 
 (3) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after January 28, 2005 (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (iv) (only to the
extent of one-half of the amounts paid pursuant to such clause), (vi) and (viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the difference
between (1) the Cumulative Credit and (2) 1.4 times Cumulative Interest Expense (it being understood that for purposes of calculating Cumulative Interest Expense for this purpose only, any of the Issuer’s or its Subsidiaries’
non-cash interest expense and amortization of original issue discount shall be excluded). 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 
 (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii) (A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, if any, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than the sale of any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership
plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (collectively, including any such contributions,
“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an
employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; 
  

 -60- 

 (iii) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, which is Incurred in accordance
with Section 4.03 so long as 
 (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased,
acquired or retired plus any fees incurred in connection therewith), 
 (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or
the related Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, 
 (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date
of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (y) one year following the maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and 
 (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated
Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following the date of maturity of any
Notes then outstanding; 
 (iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any Parent of the Issuer to
finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any Parent of the Issuer or
any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this
clause (iv) do not exceed $35.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum payment (without giving effect to the following proviso)
of $70.0 million in any calendar year); provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
  

 -61- 

 (A) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
Parent of the Issuer that occurs after January 28, 2005 (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by
the Issuer, any Parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries after January 28, 2005; 
 provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; and provided, further, that the
cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from members of management of the Issuer, of any direct or indirect Parent of the Issuer or of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer
or any Parent of the Issuer will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture; 
 (v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (vi) the declaration and payment of
dividends or distributions (a) to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after January 28, 2005, (b) to any Parent of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund
the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Parent of the Issuer issued after January 28, 2005 and (c) on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of amounts
permitted pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii); provided, however, that (A) in the case of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (vi), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or
distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test in Section 4.03(a) and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared
and paid pursuant to subclauses (a) and (b) of this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after
January 28, 2005; 
 (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together
with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $125.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
  

 -62- 

 (viii) the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s ordinary shares or common stock (or
the payment of dividends to any Parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any Parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s ordinary shares or common stock) of up to 7.5% per annum of the net proceeds received
by the Issuer from any public offering of ordinary shares or common stock or contributed to the Issuer by any Parent of the Issuer from any public offering of ordinary shares or common stock; 
 (ix) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200.0 million if, immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have a Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of less than or equal to 5.5 to 1.0; 
 (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xii) (A) with respect to any tax year or portion thereof that a Tax-affected Investor would be required to recognize on a current
basis taxable income attributable to earnings and profits of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in advance of any distribution of such earnings and profits by the Issuer, an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of the income so required to
be included (it being understood that for purposes of calculating such income pursuant to clause (A), any of the Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ non-cash interest expense and amortization of original issue discount shall be excluded) and
(ii) the Presumed Tax Rate; provided that in the case of any such distribution other than a distribution solely on account of any Parent of the Issuer qualifying as a Flow Through Entity, the Trustee shall have received an opinion of
nationally recognized tax counsel to the effect that the earnings and profits of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries are subject to inclusion in income of a Tax-affected Investor on a current basis in advance of any distribution of such earnings and
profits; and (B) for any taxable year, payment of dividends or other distributions to any Parent of the Issuer if any Parent of the Issuer is required to file a consolidated, unitary or similar tax return reflecting income of the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount equal to the portion of such taxes attributable to the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not payable directly by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, but not to exceed the amount that the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of taxes if the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries had been required to pay such taxes directly as standalone taxpayers (or a standalone group separate from such
Parent); 
  

 -63- 

 (xiii) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Issuer to,
or the making of loans to, any Parent, in amounts required for such Parent to: 
 (A) pay amounts equal to the amounts
required for any Parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of,
officers and employees of any Parent of the Issuer and general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent of the Issuer, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or
operation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (B) pay amounts equal to amounts required for any Parent of the Issuer to pay
interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer Incurred in accordance
with Section 4.03; and 
 (C) pay cash interest on the Existing Intelsat Notes pursuant to the terms of the agreements
governing such Existing Intelsat Notes as in effect on the Issue Date and to pay any cash interest on any Indebtedness refinancing the Existing Intelsat Notes; provided, that such Indebtedness remains the sole obligation of Holdings and the
principal amount of any such Indebtedness redeeming, refinancing or replacing the Existing Intelsat Notes does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness refinanced, plus any premiums, fees and expenses payable in connection with such
refinancing; 
 (xiv) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or made
in connection with the consummation of the Transactions (including pursuant to or as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, whether on July 3, 2006 or thereafter), or owed by the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries
of the Issuer to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07; 
 (xv) repurchases of Equity
Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (xvi) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and
the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 
 (xvii) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that, prior to such
payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer (or a third party to 

  

 -64- 

 the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the
case may be, with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as
the case may be; 
 (xviii) any payments made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or as contemplated by
the Acquisition Documents (other than payments to any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof); 
 (xix) the repurchase,
redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value (including repayment at maturity) of (a) Holdings’ 5 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 and (b) the Lockheed Note (including any payments to any Parent of the Issuer to effect the foregoing); provided that any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with any such redemption, repurchase or
other acquisition is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (xx) the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement for value of any of the Existing Intelsat Notes from the proceeds of a Specified Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any payments to any Parent of the Issuer to effect the foregoing); and 
 (xxi) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Issuer to, or the making of loans by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, any Parent of the Issuer to the extent that amounts equal to such dividends, distributions, other amounts or loans are promptly contributed to the capital of the Issuer by such Parent or otherwise promptly repaid by such
Parent to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (whether in the form of interest or principal or other payment on debt existing on the Issue Date); provided, that any amounts contributed to the capital of the Issuer or
otherwise repaid pursuant to this clause (xxi) shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in the definition of the term “Cumulative Credit”; 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (x), (xi), (xiii)(C), (xvii) and (xix) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) As of the Issue Date, all of the
Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of
designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or
Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in such amount would be permitted
at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 -65- 

 SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to: 
 (a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date or entered into in connection with the refinancing of the
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012 of Intelsat Subholdco, including pursuant to the Credit Agreements and the other Senior Credit Documents, the New Intelsat Bermuda Unsecured Credit Agreement, the Intelsat Bermuda Facility, documents and
agreements relating to the Specified Intercompany Agreements, the Existing Intelsat Notes, the Existing Subsidiary Notes (including any exchange notes therefor), the Intelsat Bermuda Intercompany Loan, the Existing PanAmSat Acquisition Notes
(including any exchange notes therefor) and the Lockheed Note; 
 (2) this Indenture and the Notes (and any Exchange Notes and
guarantees thereof); 
 (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time
of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 (5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant
to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 
 (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
  

 -66- 

 (7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other
similar agreements (including customary provisions in agreements relating to any Joint Venture); 
 (9) purchase money
obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired; 
 (10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses, contracts and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above on the property subject to such lease; 
 (11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing that, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable in connection therewith;
provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; 
 (12) agreements and
instruments, including agreements and instruments governing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and permitted pursuant to Section 4.03;
provided that either (A) the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such agreements or instruments are no less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer
in good faith, than the provisions contained in any Credit Agreement and the other Senior Credit Documents, the New Intelsat Bermuda Unsecured Credit Agreement, or in an indenture governing the Existing Intelsat Notes, the Existing Subsidiary Notes,
the Intelsat Bermuda Intercompany Loan, the Existing PanAmSat Acquisition Notes or the Notes, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date or entered into in connection with the refinancing of the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012 of Intelsat
Subholdco or (B) such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined by the Issuer in
good faith); 
 (13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment; or

 (14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive as a whole with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than
those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 
  

 -67- 

 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any
Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on ordinary shares shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and
(ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make
loans or advances. 
 SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than liabilities that are by their
terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets, 
 (ii) any notes or other obligations
or other securities or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to
the extent of the cash received), and 
 (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 6.25% of
Total Assets of the Issuer at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value), 
 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a). 
 (b) Within 485 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (or Event of
Loss Proceeds), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale together with any Event of Loss Proceeds, at its option: 
 (i) to permanently reduce Obligations under Secured Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness (provided that if the Issuer or any
Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness and other than Pari Passu Indebtedness that is Indebtedness represented by the Issuer’s guarantee of
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the 

  

 -68- 

 
Issuer), the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes if the Notes are then prepayable or, if the Notes may not then be prepaid,
by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer; provided
that if an offer to purchase any Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries is made in accordance with the terms of such Indebtedness, the obligation to permanently reduce Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, will be deemed to be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the offer, whether or not accepted by the holders thereof, and no Net Proceeds in the amount of such offer will be deemed to exist following such offer, 
 (ii) to an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital
Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), or capital expenditures or assets, in each case used or useful in a Similar Business, and/or 
 (iii) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of
Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), properties or assets that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Event of Loss; 
 provided that in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the
date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment within nine
months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds (or Event of Loss Proceeds), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may temporarily reduce
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds (or Event of Loss Proceeds) in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale (or Event of Loss Proceeds) that are
not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds (or Event of Loss Proceeds) used to make an offer to purchase Notes, as
described in clause (i) above, shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $55.0 million,
the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of Notes and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness) that is an integral multiple of $1,000, provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted 

  

 -69- 

 
value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any,
as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess
Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $55.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes
(and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(e). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of
Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (c) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such
allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate
and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Upon the expiration of the period for
which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The
Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are
greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section. 
 (e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the
address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note
purchased. If at the 

  

 -70- 

 
end of the Offer Period more Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase,
the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amount so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis
to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes (or Pari Passu Indebtedness) of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part. 
 (f)
Notice of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in
part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 (g) A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase
date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of
transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$15.0 million, unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$35.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 
 (i) (A) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any merger or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent company of Issuer; provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash
Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger or amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose; 
  

 -71- 

 (ii) (a) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and (b) Investments
under the definition of “Permitted Investments”; 
 (iii) the entering into of any agreement to pay, and the payment
of, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and expenses to the Sponsors in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (x) $12.5 million and (y) 1.25% of Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year; 
 (iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees to,
and indemnity provided on behalf of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer; 
 (v) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting
or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in
good faith or (y) made pursuant to any agreement described under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (vi) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an
Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors
of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (viii) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto (so long as
any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated
thereby; 
 (ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations
under the terms of, the Acquisition Documents and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such
existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

  

 -72- 

 (x) transactions to effect the Refinancings, the Transactions and the payment of all fees
and expenses related to the Refinancings and the Transactions, as described in the Offering Memorandum or contemplated by the Acquisition Documents; 
 (xi) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this
Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and
(B) transactions with Joint Ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (xiii) the issuance of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer; 
 (xiv) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of,
employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as appropriate, in good
faith; 
 (xv) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments permitted by clause
(xii) of Section 4.04(b); 
 (xvi) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer; 
 (xvii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01; 
 (xviii) transactions between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of
the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such Parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; 
 (xix) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xx) any employment agreements entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

 (xxi) any transaction pursuant to or in connection with the Specified Intercompany Agreements. 
  

 -73- 

 SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Change of Control”), each Holder shall have the right to require the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuer has previously elected to redeem Notes in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture: 
 (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders, and other than any transaction in compliance with Article 5 where the Successor Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Parent of the Issuer; or 
 (ii) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote,
written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring,
holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation,
consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or
any Parent of the Issuer. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no (i) Specified Merger/Transfer Transaction or (ii) Subsidiary
Transfer Transaction, shall constitute a Change of Control. 
 (b) Within 90 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that
the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
 (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at
a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the
relevant interest payment date); 
 (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change
of Control; 
 (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed); and 
  

 -74- 

 (iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section, that a
Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and
conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 
 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior
to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 
 (d) On the purchase date, all Notes
purchased by the Issuer under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto. 
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control
if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are
to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A Note shall be deemed to have been
accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 
 (g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with.

 (h) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Issuer shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of the Notes a notice of 

  

 -75- 

 
Default within the earlier of 90 days after the Default occurs or 30 days after the Default is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of the Default is
received by the Trustee. In addition, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties
as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such fiscal year. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action
the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. 
 SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively
the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.11. Future Guarantors. The Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than (i) any Receivables Subsidiary formed in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and (ii) any License Subsidiary in connection with any guarantee of any Credit Agreement) that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly, guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than Permitted Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) unless such Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Trustee a Guarantee or a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Exhibit D (together with such opinions or certificates reasonably requested in connection therewith) pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes. Each Guarantee shall be limited to an
amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance, financial
assistance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien
(other than Permitted Liens) that secures any obligations under Indebtedness of the Issuer against or on any asset or property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer, or any income or profits therefrom, unless: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property or
assets that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 
 (2) in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured;

 provided that any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 4.12 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same
time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 4.12. 
  

 -76- 

 SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and
any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02. 
 (b) The Issuer may also
from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such
designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency, for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change
in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its
Agent, as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Insurance.

 (a) The Issuer shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, obtain, maintain and keep in full force and effect at all times
(i) with respect to each Satellite procured by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for which the risk of loss passes to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at or before launch, and for which launch insurance or commitments with respect
thereto are not in place as of the Issue Date, launch insurance with respect to each such Satellite covering the launch of such Satellite and a period of time thereafter, but only to the extent, if at all, and on such terms (including coverage
period, exclusions, limitations on coverage, co-insurance, deductibles and coverage amount) as is determined by the Issuer to be in the best interests of the Issuer, (ii) with respect to each Satellite it currently owns or for which it has risk
of loss (or, if the entire Satellite is not owned, the portion it owns or for which it has risk of loss), other than any Excluded Satellite, In-Orbit Insurance and (iii) at all times subsequent to the coverage period of the launch insurance
described in clause (i) above, if any, or if launch insurance is not procured, at all times subsequent to the initial completion of in-orbit testing, in each case with respect to each Satellite it then owns or for which it has risk of loss (or
portion, as applicable), other than any Excluded Satellite, In-Orbit Insurance; provided, however, that at any time with respect to a Satellite that is not an Excluded Satellite, neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall
be required to maintain In-Orbit Insurance in excess of 33% of the aggregate net book value of all in-orbit Satellites (and portions it owns or for which it has risk of loss) insured (it being understood that any Satellite (or portion, as
applicable) protected by In-Orbit Contingency Protection shall be deemed to be insured for a percentage of its net book value as set forth in the definition of “In-Orbit Contingency Protection”). 
 (b) In the event that the expiration and non-renewal of In-Orbit Insurance for such a Satellite (or portion, as applicable) resulting from a claim of
loss under such policy causes 

  

 -77- 

 
a failure to comply with the proviso to Section 4.14(a), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be in compliance with the proviso
to Section 4.14(a) for the 120 days immediately following such expiration or non-renewal, provided that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, procures such In-Orbit Insurance or provides such In-Orbit Contingency Protection
as necessary to comply with the preceding proviso within such 120-day period. 
 (c) The insurance required by this Section shall name the
Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary as the named insured. 
 (d) In the event of the unavailability of any In-Orbit Contingency
Protection for any reason, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall, subject to the proviso to Section 4.14(a), within 120 days of such unavailability, be required to have in effect In-Orbit Insurance complying with
Section 4.14(a)(ii) or (iii), as applicable, with respect to all Satellites (or portions, as applicable), other than Excluded Satellites that the unavailable In-Orbit Contingency Protection was intended to protect and for so long as such
In-Orbit Contingency Protection is unavailable, provided that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be considered in compliance with this Section for the 120 days immediately following such unavailability. 
 (e) In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives any Event of Loss Proceeds in respect of an Event of Loss, such Event of
Loss Proceeds shall be applied in the manner provided for in Section 4.06. 
 SECTION 4.15. Matters Relating to Government Business
Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (as may be permitted under that certain proxy agreement (the “Proxy Agreement”) among Intelsat General Corporation (“Intelsat General”) and
the other parties thereto, and as may be permitted under any substantially similar agreement) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (as may be permitted under the Proxy Agreement, and as may be permitted under any substantially similar
agreement) to cause its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Intelsat General, and other than any other Government Business Subsidiary), not to allow or permit, directly or indirectly, Intelsat General, or such other Government Business Subsidiary,
to take, or fail to take, any action that would violate the covenants and terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.16. Suspension of
Covenants. 
 (a) During any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and
(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the
Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 5.01(a)(iv), 4.11, and 4.14 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 (b) Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, any Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, will also be suspended as of such date (the
“Suspension Date”). 
  

 -78- 

 (c) In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended
Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes
below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees, if any, of any Subsidiary Guarantors will be reinstated
if such guarantees are then required by the terms of this Indenture. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period.” 
 (d) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a
failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). 
 (e) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as
having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and
after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued
pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) or (b), such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(iii). Calculations made after
the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. For the avoidance of doubt,
Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). No Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result
of any actions taken by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. 
 (f) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying the Trustee of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section. 
 SECTION 4.17. Payment of Additional Amounts. 
 (a) The Issuer (or any Guarantor) shall pay to any
Holder so entitled all additional amounts that may be necessary so that every Net Payment of interest, principal, premium or other amount on that Note will not be less than the amount provided for in that Note. “Net Payment” means
the amount the Issuer or any paying agent pays the Holder after deducting or withholding an amount for or on account of any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed with respect to that payment by a taxing authority
(including any withholding or deduction attributable to additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section). 
  

 -79- 

 (b) The Issuer (and any Guarantor) shall also indemnify and reimburse Holders for 
 (i) taxes (including any interest, penalties and related expenses) imposed on the Holders by a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction if and to the
same extent that a Holder would have been entitled to receive additional amounts if the Issuer (or any Guarantor) had been required to deduct or withhold those taxes from payments on the Notes; and 
 (ii) stamp, court, documentary or similar taxes or charges (including any interest, penalties and related expenses) imposed by a Relevant
Tax Jurisdiction in connection with the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes or other related documents and obligations. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section, the Issuer (or any Guarantor) shall not pay additional amounts to any Holder for or on account of: 
 (i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed solely because at any time there is or was a connection between the Holder
(or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of or possessor of power over the relevant Holder if the Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation) and the jurisdiction imposing
the tax (other than the mere receipt of a payment or the acquisition, ownership, disposition or holding of, or enforcement of rights under, a Note); 
 (ii) any estate, inheritance, gift or any similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge; 
 (iii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed solely because the Holder (or if the Holder is not the beneficial owner, the beneficial owner) that is legally able to do so fails to comply with any certification,
identification or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the taxing jurisdiction of the Holder or any beneficial owner of the Note, if compliance is required by law or by an applicable income
tax treaty to which the jurisdiction imposing the tax is a party, as a precondition to exemption from the tax, assessment or other governmental charge and the Issuer has given the Holders at least 60 days’ notice that Holders will be required
to provide such information and identification; 
 (iv) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge with respect to a
Note presented for payment more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for and notice thereof given to Holders, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the
Holder of the Note would have been entitled to additional amounts on presenting the Note for payment on any date during the 30-day period; and 
 (v) any withholding or deduction imposed on a payment to an individual that is required to be made pursuant to the European Union Directive on the taxation of savings income, which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on
June 3, 2003, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive. 
  

 -80- 

 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 
 SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (i) the Issuer is a surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than
the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Issuer or under the laws of Bermuda or any country that is a member of the European
Union (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); 
 (ii)
the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing; 
 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (a) the Successor Company would be permitted
to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (b) the Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction; 
  

 -81- 

 (v) [Reserved]; and 
 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01(a), (A) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or amalgamate with, merge into, sell, assign or transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of
its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) the Issuer may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in a (or another) state of
the United States, the District of Columbia, any territory of the United States, Bermuda or any country that is a member of the European Union so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased
thereby (any transaction described in this sentence a “Specified Merger/Transfer Transaction”). 
 (b) Subject to the
provisions of Section 10.02(b) (which, among other things, govern the release of a Guarantee upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Subsidiary Guarantor), each Subsidiary Guarantor shall not, and the
Issuer shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (i) such
Subsidiary Guarantor is a surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, under the laws of the jurisdiction of
organization of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Issuer or under the laws of Bermuda or any country that is a member of the European Union (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
“Successor Guarantor”); 
 (ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) expressly
assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the
Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
  

 -82- 

 (iv) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall have
delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

 Subject to the limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary
Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Subsidiary Guarantor in a (or another) state of the United States, the
District of Columbia, any territory of the United States, Bermuda or any country that is a member of the European Union or the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor is not
increased thereby and (2) a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer. 
 (c) Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a) and (b) and Section 5.02 below, nothing in this Article shall prevent any Subsidiary Transfer Transaction, which need not comply with Sections 5.01(a) or (b) and Section 5.02 below.

 SECTION 5.02. Successor Company Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation, merger or amalgamation, or any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance or permitted by with Section 5.01 hereof,
the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Company had been named as the Issuer
herein and the Issuer (if not the Successor Company) will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if: 
 (a) the Issuer defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a
period of 30 days, 
 (b) the Issuer defaults in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its
Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, 
 (c) the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any of its agreements in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in (a) or (b) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below;
provided, 

  

 -83- 

 
however, that to the extent such failure relates solely to an action or inaction by Intelsat General or another Government Business Subsidiary, and
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have otherwise complied with Section 4.15, no Event of Default shall occur, 
 (d) Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to a Parent of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) within any applicable grace period after final maturity
or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $75.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent, 
 (e) Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (iii)
consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iv) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, 
 (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief
against Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of Holdings,
the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or
liquidation of Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; 
 or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or
decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days, or 
 (g) Holdings, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay
final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a
period of 60 days following the entry thereof. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of
Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
  

 -84- 

 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S.
Federal, state or any foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 A Default under clause (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time specified in clause (c) above after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and
state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within thirty days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which is, or with the
giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and
interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect
any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d),
such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, if within 30 days after
such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have
rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an
acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  

 -85- 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce
any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of
Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.
Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a
Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that
under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this
Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by
Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve
the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be
entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
 (a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or
interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) the Holder gives
to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or Holders
offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the
Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
  

 -86- 

 (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give
the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive
Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the
Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the
amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants,
experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to
participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or
other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly
to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  

 -87- 

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this
Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the
Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
 SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage
of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE

 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent
person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during
the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  

 -88- 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust
Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not
be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
 (d) Every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the
Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to
the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 
  

 -89- 

 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with
respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the
advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may
otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document
issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01(c), (d), (e),
(f), or (g) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.02 hereof from
the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer 
  

 -90- 

 or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of,
premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer beginning with end of
the fiscal year following the date of this Indenture, and in any event within 12 months of the last such report, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such fiscal year end that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA
if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA. 
 A copy of each report at the
time of its mailing to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any
delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred
or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section) and defending itself against
or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof;
provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable
cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the
Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantors, as
applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence
or bad faith. 
 To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 
  

 -91- 

 The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the
satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law,
when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to Holdings or the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The
Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provide by, and subject to the
provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a Trustee under this Indenture with respect to Notes of more than one series.

 (b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense
of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

 -92- 

 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is
stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under
Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall
be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall
succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and
in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay
of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this
Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the
TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of
the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated. 
  

 -93- 

 ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes;
Defeasance. This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration or transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes
when: 
 (a) either (i) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes pursuant to
Section 2.08 which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all of the Notes (A) have become due and payable, (B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (C) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to
be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient in the written opinion of a firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be
required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the
date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (b) the Issuer and/or the Guarantors, if any, have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes;
and 
 (c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all
conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes have been complied with. 
 Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) (“legal defeasance option”)
or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11, 4.12 and 4.14 and the operation of Section 5.01 and Sections 6.01(d), 6.01(e) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(f)
(with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) and 6.01(g) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In
the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its
Guarantee of such Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 
  

 -94- 

 If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because
of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) (with
respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only) or 6.01(g) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 4.08 or Section 5.01. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those
obligations that the Issuer terminates. 
 Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections
2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07 and 7.08 and in this Article shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. 
 (a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 
 (i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of,
and premium (if any) and interest on the applicable Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date; 
 (ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their
opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations, plus any deposited money without investment, will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be
sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs which is continuing at the end of the period; 
 (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer; 
  

 -95- 

 (v) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust
resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; 
 (vi) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S.
Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the
Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or
(y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; 
 (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article have been complied with. 
 (b) The Issuer shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.03 to the extent the net proceeds from any Indebtedness,
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock incurred is used in accordance with Section 8.02(a)(i) above for the Issuer to exercise its legal defeasance or covenant defeasance option. 
 (c) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in
accordance with Article 3. 
 SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government
Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of
principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. 
 SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer. Each of the Trustee and each
Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of a nationally 

  

 -96- 

 
recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so
deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 
 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them
for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further
liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
this Article by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of
the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder: 
 (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to comply with Article 5; 
 (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code
or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 
 (iv) to add
Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes; 
  

 -97- 

 (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer for the benefit of
the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer; 
 (vi) to comply
with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (vii) to effect any provision
of this Indenture (including to release any Guarantees in accordance with the terms of this Indenture); 
 (viii) to make any
change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
 (ix) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or
Additional Notes; or 
 (x) to release the Guarantee of any Parent of the Issuer. 
 After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give
such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 
 SECTION
9.02. With Consent of the Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder of
an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 
 (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, 
 (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, 
 (iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note, 
 (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with
Article 3, 
 (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note, 
 (vi) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section, or 
 (vii) expressly subordinate the Notes to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer. 
  

 -98- 

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (b) After an amendment under
this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders entitled to receive such notice, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the
validity of an amendment under this Section. 
 SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this
Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 
 (a) A consent to an amendment or a
waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note.
However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’
Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the
Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or
waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuer may,
but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is
fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the
Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for
the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article if the
amendment does not 

  

 -99- 

 
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance
with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
 SECTION 9.07.
Payment for Consent. Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms. All Notes issued under this
Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEES

 SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. On the Issue Date, Holdings will be the only Guarantor. 
 (a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each
Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including
obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or additional interest in respect of the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and
(ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter
collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that
each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 (b) Each
Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed

  

 -100- 

 
Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or
demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement;
(iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed
Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided
in Section 10.02(b). 
 (c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided
among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment
of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued
prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor. 
 (d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a
guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 (e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 9.01, 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be
subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or
otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or
delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise
operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 9.01 and 10.02,
each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 9.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee
herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee
upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 
  

 -101- 

 (g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the
Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the
Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and
(iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustee in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 (h) Each
Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that,
as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as
provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section. 
 (i) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or
any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
 (j) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such
further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 (k) Any Guarantee given by any Parent of the Issuer may be released at any time upon written notice to the Trustee from such Parent of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. 
 (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary
notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor,
voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance, financial assistance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
  

 -102- 

 (b) A Guarantee as to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and
such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be automatically released from all obligations under this Article upon: 
 (i)
(A) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger, amalgamation or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with this Indenture and (B) such Subsidiary Guarantor being released from
its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Intelsat Credit Agreement, the New Intelsat Bermuda Unsecured Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer, or 
 (ii) the Issuer designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with
the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” or 
 (iii) in the case
of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, or 
 (iv) the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option pursuant to Article 8, or if the
Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 A Guarantee also shall be
automatically released and discharged upon the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof. In
addition, the Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be suspended during any Suspension Period, as provided in Section 4.16 hereof. Further, the Issuer may, upon notice to the Trustee, automatically release and discharge the Guarantee of
any Guarantor that was not obligated to become a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.03. Successors and
Assigns. This Article shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by
any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right,
power or privilege under this Article shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the
Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
  

 -103- 

 SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Article, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and
for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 
 SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor
pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article and shall
guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental
indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to customary exceptions, including the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other
similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor,
enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 SECTION 10.07. Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an
“incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control. 
 SECTION 11.02. Notices. 
 (a) Any
notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 
  

 -104- 

 if to the Issuer or a Guarantor: 
 Intelsat (Bermuda), Ltd. 
 Wellesley House North, 2nd Floor 
 90 Pitts Bay Road 
 Pembroke, HM 08 Bermuda 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 with a copy to: 
 Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP 
 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza 
 New York, New York 10005 
 Attention: Arnold B. Peinado, III 
 if to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Attention of: Corporate Trust Department 
 Facsimile: 860-704-6219 
 The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 (b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 (c) Failure to mail a notice
or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except
that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received. 
 SECTION 11.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders. The
Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of
Section 312(c) of the TIA. 
 SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application
by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  

 -105- 

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate
or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with;
provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 11.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor
or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in
any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for
action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 11.08.
Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it
were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 11.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

 -106- 

 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder
of any Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Holdings to the extent of its obligations as a Guarantor) or any Parent of the Issuer, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or this Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.13.
Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and
shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 11.14. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that
any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
 SECTION 11.15. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 11.16.
Jurisdiction. The Issuer and each Guarantor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer or any Guarantor arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the Supreme
Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying
of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer and Holdings, as Guarantor, hereby appoint CT Corporation System as their authorized agent (the
“Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated herein that may be instituted in the Supreme Court of the State of New York
sitting in New York County and the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof and expressly accept the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action
or proceeding. The Issuer and Holdings, as Guarantor, hereby represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuer and Holdings, as Guarantor, agree
to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect,
effective service of process upon the Issuer and the Guarantors. 
  

 -107- 

 SECTION 11.17. Immunity. To the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor has or hereafter may
acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of
its property, the Issuer or such Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.18. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions. 
 (a) U.S.
Dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees of Notes or this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency
other than U.S. Dollars by a Holder of Notes (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be
due to it from the Issuer shall only constitute a discharge to the Issuer to the extent of the U.S. Dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that
receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the U.S. Dollar amount expressed to be due to the
recipient under the applicable Notes, the Issuer shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 11.18(b). In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of
making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S.
Dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being
required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The indemnities set forth in this Section constitute separate and independent obligations from other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall give
rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of the Notes and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount
in respect of any sum due under the Notes. 
 (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following
provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture: 
 (1)
(A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the
“Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the 

  

 -108- 

 
case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine); and (B) if there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before
the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as
the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

 (2) In the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the
Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or
resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection
(b)(2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the
winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such
Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto. 
 (c) The obligations
contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent
causes of action against the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any
judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such
deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or
any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

 (d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for
spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable. 
  

 -109- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this indenture to be duly executed as of the date first
written above. 
  

			
	INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Phillip Spector

	Name:	 	Phillip Spector
	Tittle	 	Deputy Chairman

 S-1 
 Indenture 

					
	 GUARANTOR:
	 	INTELSALT, LTD.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ David P. McGlade

		 	Name:	 	David P. McGlade
		 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer

 S-2 
 Indenture 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trutee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joseph P O’Donnell

	Name:	 	Joseph P O’Donnell
	Tittle	 	Vice President

 S-3 

 APPENDIX A 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES, 
 ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES 

1. Definitions. 
 1.1
Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note
is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust
Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor
securities clearing agency. 
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit
to this Indenture. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means such initial purchasers party to the purchase
agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the Original Notes. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means
(a) the Purchase Agreement dated January 9, 2007, among the Issuer, Holdings and the Initial Purchasers and (b) any other similar Purchase Agreement relating to Additional Notes. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuer, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial
Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 
  

 App. A-1 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of January 12, 2007 among the Issuer, Holdings and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Original Notes and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) herein. 
 “Restricted Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of
(a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee,
and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 
 “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes
offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global
Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Shelf Registration
Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Issuer in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the
Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that are not required
to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note
representing Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
  

 App. A-2 

 1.2 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term:
	  	Defined in Section:
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)

 2. The Notes. 
 2.1 Form and Dating; Global Notes. (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to
(1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on
Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time in accordance with the Indenture and applicable law. 
 (b) Global Notes. (i) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in definitive, fully registered, global form
without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in definitive fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the
“Regulation S Global Notes”). The term “Global Notes” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially
shall (1) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (2) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (3) bear the
Restricted Notes Legend. 
 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“Agent
Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee
and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from
giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary
practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
 (ii) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in
whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.2. In addition, a Global Note shall be 

  

 App. A-3 

 
exchangeable for Definitive Notes if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such
Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository within 90 days or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or (ii) requested by a Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global
Notes. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance
with its customary procedures. 
 (iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to
subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial
owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (iv) Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2 shall, except as otherwise provided
in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial
interest in such Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2. 
 (vi) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests
through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 2.2 Transfer and
Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in
Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in
Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(g). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the
Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either
subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  

 App. A-4 

 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests
in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend;
provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an
Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required
to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other
Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that are not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest
must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial
interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding
the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the
Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2(g). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note. 
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar
receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
  

 App. A-5 

 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable,
so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
 (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global
Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges
of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 (A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  

 App. A-6 

 (B) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional
Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form
attached to the applicable Note; 
 (D) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (E) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
 (F) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the
form attached to the applicable Note; 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Note, and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note. 
 (ii) Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to
the applicable Note; or 
 (B) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted
Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable,
so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on 

  

 App. A-7 

 
transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange
is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the
Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted
Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the
form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant
to this subparagraph (iii). 
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.
An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance
with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide
any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e). 
 (i) Transfer Restricted Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes. A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer
Restricted Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  

 App. A-8 

 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made
pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the
applicable Note; 
 (D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 
 (E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

 (ii) Transfer Restricted Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Transfer Restricted Note may be exchanged by
the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Transfer
Restricted Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange
or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such
Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note
pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  

 App. A-9 

 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes. An Unrestricted
Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Note. 
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be
returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by
the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (f) Legend. 
 (i) Except as permitted
by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only): 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN
AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”),
(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A
SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN 

  

 App. A-10 

 REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF
WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR
(G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL
OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE
HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such
Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such
exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 
 (iii) After
a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and
the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
  

 App. A-11 

 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to
which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form
without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (v)
Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring
any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not
be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by
the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository
at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global
Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 3.10, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of
this Indenture). 
 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or
the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving 

  

 App. A-12 

 
payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the
Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (i) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its
nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including
any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Notes shall be given or made
only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this
Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such
certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof. 
  

 App. A-13 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN
WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY
NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED
INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN
ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS
SECURITY (THE FORM 

  

 A-1 

 
OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE
904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST,
PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A
TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER
AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  

 A-2 

 [FORM OF INITIAL NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	  	$                    

 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 
 CUSIP No. [144A: 458204AA2 / REG S: G48042AA6] 
 ISIN No. [144A: US458204AA28 / REG S:
USG48042AA66] 
 INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, promises to pay to
[                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum
[of                Dollars] [listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] on January 15, 2015. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the
other side of this Note. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES -
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE.” 

  

 A-3 

			
	INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
[                    ] 
  

 A-4 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 
 1. Interest 
 (a) INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (such company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture
hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum, reset semi-annually, equal to LIBOR plus 3.5%, as determined by an agent appointed by the
Issuer (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2007.1 Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or
duly provided for, from and including January 12, 20072 until the principal hereof is due. The Issuer shall pay
interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 For purposes of this Section 1, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Determination Date” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period. 
 “Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the
exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include July 14, 2007. 
 “LIBOR” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the
Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the
principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London
time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in United States dollars for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after 
  

	1	In the case of the Original Notes. 

	2	In the case of the Original Notes. 

  

 A-6 

 the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be
the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a six-month period beginning on the
second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest
Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period. 
 “London Banking Day” means any
day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market. 
 “Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S.$1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time. 
 “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service). 
 The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest
Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be
calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period. 
 All percentages resulting from any of the above
calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655))
and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards). 
 The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application. 
 (b) Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
January 12, 2007, among the Issuer, Holdings and the Initial Purchasers. 
 2. Method of Payment 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the January 1 and July 1 next
preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect 

  

 A-7 

 
principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuer will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the
option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000
aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such
effect designating such account no later than 10 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 3. Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar 
 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its
domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar. 
 4. Indenture 
 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 12, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Holdings and the
Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the
“TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are
referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions; in the event of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall govern. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the
Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes pursuant to the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the
Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur
Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit
certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or
lease all or substantially all of its property. 
  

 A-8 

 5. Optional Redemption 
 Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs and in Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuer prior to January 15, 2008. Thereafter, the Notes shall
be redeemable at the option of the Issuer, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus
accrued and unpaid interest, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
January 15 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2008
	  	102	%
	 2009
	  	101	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100	%

 In addition, prior to January 15, 2008, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, at its option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to January 15, 2008, the Issuer may redeem in the
aggregate up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or by any Parent of the Issuer, in each
case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, or from the cash contribution of equity capital to
the Issuer, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the interest rate in effect on the date on which notice of redemption was given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on
which any such Equity Offering or cash contribution of equity capital to the Issuer is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures
set forth in the Indenture. 
 Notice of any redemption may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may,
at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, in the case of any Equity Offering, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  

 A-9 

 6. Sinking Fund 
 The Notes are not subject to any mandatory sinking fund. 
 7. Notice of Redemption 
 Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to
be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all
Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such
portions thereof) called for redemption. 
 8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 
 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 
 9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except,
in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners 
 The registered Holder of
this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

 A-10 

 11. Unclaimed Money 
 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request, subject to any abandoned property law.
After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 12. Discharge and Defeasance 
 Subject to certain
conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on the Notes
to redemption, or maturity, as the case may be. 
 13. Amendment, Waiver 
 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes (voting as a single class) and (ii) any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to
certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes: (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to comply with Article 5
of the Indenture, (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner
such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code, (iv) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes, (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer for
the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer, (vi) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA, (vii) to
effect any provision of the Indenture (including to release any Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Indenture), (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, (ix) to provide for the issuance
of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes or (x) to release the Guarantee of any Parent of the Issuer. 
 14. Defaults and Remedies 

If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes
to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its
consequences. 
  

 A-11 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are
complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such Holder has previously given the
Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01 of the Indenture, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior
to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 
 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
 16. No Recourse Against Others

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Holdings to the extent of its
obligations as a Guarantor) or any Parent of the Issuer, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 17. Authentication 
 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the other side of this Note. 
  

 A-12 

 18. Abbreviations 
 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
 19. Governing Law 
 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes 
 The Issuer
has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 A-13 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
  

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
  

 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  

  

							
	Date:                     	 	Your Signature:	 	  

  
  

 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 Signature
Guarantee: 
  

			
	Date:                     	 	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 A-14 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 
 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
 This certificate relates to
$             principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)          book-entry or
         definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note in definitive, registered form of
authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note. 

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such
Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Security
shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)	  		  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing
certain representations and agreements; or

  

 A-15 

					
	(7)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such
legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933. 
  

			
	Date:                     	 	  

		 	Your Signature
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	
		
	Date:                     	 	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 	Signature of Signature Guarantee
	 	

  

  

 A-16 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	Dated:                     	 	  
 NOTICE: To be executed by an executive
officer

  

 A-17 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The initial principal amount of
this Global Note is $[            ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease
 in Principal Amount
 of this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
	 	 Principal amount of this
Global Note following
 such decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities
Custodian

  

 A-18 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sales) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture,
check the box: 
 Asset Sale   ̈                    Change of Control   ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06
(Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof): 
 $                     
  

					
	Date:                     	 	Your Signature:	 	  
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other
side of this Note)

  

			
	
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program
or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee 
  

 A-19 

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN
WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER
AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  

 B-1 

 [FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	  	$                    

 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 
 CUSIP No. [    ] 
 ISIN No. [    ] 
 INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, promises to pay to
[                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum [of
                 Dollars] [listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] on January 15, 2015. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the
other side of this Note. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit B captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES -
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE.” 

  

 B-2 

			
	INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated: [        ] 
  

 B-3 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 B-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 
 1. Interest 
 INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (such company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum, reset semi-annually, equal to LIBOR plus 3.5%, as determined by an agent appointed by the Issuer (the
“Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2007.1 Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly
provided for, from and including January 12, 20072 until the principal hereof is due. The Issuer shall pay
interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 For purposes of this Section 1, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Determination Date” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period. 
 “Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the
exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include July 14, 2007. 
 “LIBOR” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the
Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the
principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London
time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in United States dollars for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after 
  

	1	In the case of the Original Notes. 

	2	In the case of the Original Notes. 

  

 B-5 

 the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be
the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a six-month period beginning on the
second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest
Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period. 
 “London Banking Day” means any
day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market. 
 “Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S.$1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time. 
 “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service). 
 The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest
Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be
calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period. 
 All percentages resulting from any of the above
calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655))
and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards). 
 The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application. 
 2. Method of Payment 
 The Issuer shall pay interest
on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the January 1 and July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment
date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available 

  

 B-6 

 
funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuer will make all payments in respect of a certificated
Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof;
provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the
United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 10 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such
other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 3. Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar 
 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent, Calculation Agent
and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar.

 4. Indenture 
 The Issuer issued the
Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 12, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Holdings and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions; in the event of any conflict between
this Note and the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall govern. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note
is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes pursuant to the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Initial Notes
and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other
Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the
Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or
merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
  

 B-7 

 5. Optional Redemption 
 Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs and in Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuer prior to January 15, 2008. Thereafter, the Notes shall
be redeemable at the option of the Issuer, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus
accrued and unpaid interest, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
January 15 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2008
	  	102	%
	 2009
	  	101	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100	%

 In addition, prior to January 15, 2008, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, at its option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to January 15, 2008, the Issuer may redeem in the
aggregate up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or by any Parent of the Issuer, in each
case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, or from the cash contribution of equity capital to
the Issuer, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the interest rate in effect on the date on which notice of redemption was given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after
the date on which any such Equity Offering or cash contribution of equity capital to the Issuer is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with
the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 Notice of any redemption may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption
or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, in the case of any Equity Offering, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  

 B-8 

 6. Sinking Fund 
 The Notes are not subject to any mandatory sinking fund. 
 7. Notice of Redemption 
 Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to
be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all
Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such
portions thereof) called for redemption. 
 8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 
 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 
 9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except,
in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners 
 The registered Holder of
this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

 B-9 

 11. Unclaimed Money 
 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request, subject to any abandoned property law.
After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 12. Discharge and Defeasance 
 Subject to certain
conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on the Notes
to redemption, or maturity, as the case may be. 
 13. Amendment, Waiver 
 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes (voting as a single class) and (ii) any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to
certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes: (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to comply with Article 5
of the Indenture, (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a
manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code, (iv) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes, (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Parent of the
Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer, (vi) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA,
(vii) to effect any provision of the Indenture (including to release any Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Indenture), (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, (ix) to provide for
the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes or (x) to release the Guarantee of any Parent of the Issuer. 
 14. Defaults and Remedies

 If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all
the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes
and its consequences. 
  

 B-10 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are
complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such Holder has previously given the
Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01 of the Indenture, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior
to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 
 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
 16. No Recourse Against Others

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Holdings to the extent of its
obligations as a Guarantor) or any Parent of the Issuer, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 17. Authentication 
 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the other side of this Note. 
  

 B-11 

 18. Abbreviations 
 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
 19. Governing Law 
 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes 
 The Issuer
has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 B-12 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
 _______________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 _______________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s
soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:                     	  	Your Signature:	  	  

 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 Signature Guarantee: 
  

					
	Date:                     	  		  	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  		  	 Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 B-13 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The initial principal amount of
this Global Note is $[            ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease
 in Principal Amount
 of this Global
Note
	  	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global
Note
	  	 Principal amount of this
 Global Note following
 such decrease
or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized
 signatory of Trustee or
 Securities
Custodian

  

 B-14 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sales) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture,
check the box: 
 Asset Sale   ̈            Change of Control   ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the
Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof): 
 $             

  

					
	Date:                     	  	Your Signature:	  	  

		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program
or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee 
  

 B-15 

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of 
 Transferee Letter of Representation 
 INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD. 
 c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to
request a transfer of $             principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) of INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD. (the
“Issuer”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

Name:                                     
        
 Address:                                     
    
 Taxpayer ID
Number:                     
 The
undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least
$[            ] principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities
Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase Notes similar to the Notes in the normal course of our
business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand
that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing
Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any
predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuer, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction
complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a 

  

 C-1 

 
qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is
given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited
investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” or (f) pursuant to any
other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all
times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state Notes laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is
proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall
provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes
and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes
pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee. 
  

					
	Dated:                     	  	TRANSFEREE:	 	 ,

			
		  	by	 	  

  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”)
dated as of [ ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD. (or its successor), a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S
S E T H : 
 WHEREAS the Issuer and the existing Guarantor(s) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of January 12, 2007, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”), initially in the aggregate
principal amount of $600.0 million; 
 WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is
required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the
terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuer are
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as
therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The
words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally
guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes applying to a Guarantor and
to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
  

 D-1 

 3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in
Section 11.02 of the Indenture. 
 4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly
amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and
every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 5. Governing Law. THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 6. Trustee Makes
No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7.
Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof. 
  

 D-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 D-3 

			
	INTELSAT (BERMUDA), LTD.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 D-4 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
	    ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 D-5

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00116-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00116-of-00352.parquet"}]]